1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
55 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
,
58 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
61 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
62 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
63 need to move into elfcode.h. */
65 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
68 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
69 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
70 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
72 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
73 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
74 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
75 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
76 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
77 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
78 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
81 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
84 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
85 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
86 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
91 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
94 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
97 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
105 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
113 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
116 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
119 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
122 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
123 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
124 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
126 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
127 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
128 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
129 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
130 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
133 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
136 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
137 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
138 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
141 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
144 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
147 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
150 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
151 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
152 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
154 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
155 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
156 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
157 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
158 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
161 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
164 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
165 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
166 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
168 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
170 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
172 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
175 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
178 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
179 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
180 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
182 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
185 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
188 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
189 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
190 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
192 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
195 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
196 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
199 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
201 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
206 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
209 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
212 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
213 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
217 return h
& 0xffffffff;
220 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
221 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
224 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
226 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
227 unsigned long h
= 5381;
230 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
231 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
232 return h
& 0xffffffff;
235 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
236 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
238 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
240 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
242 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
243 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
244 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
247 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
248 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
250 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
253 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
254 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
261 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
263 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
264 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
269 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
271 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
272 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
274 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
275 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
279 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
281 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
282 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
284 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
286 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
288 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
289 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
292 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
293 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
295 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
296 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
297 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
299 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
300 in case the string table is not terminated. */
301 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
302 || shstrtabsize
> bfd_get_file_size (abfd
)
303 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
304 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
)
306 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
308 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
309 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
310 bfd_release (abfd
, shstrtab
);
312 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
313 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
314 the string table over and over. */
315 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
318 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
319 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
321 return (char *) shstrtab
;
325 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
326 unsigned int shindex
,
327 unsigned int strindex
)
329 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
334 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
337 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
339 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
341 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
343 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
344 /* xgettext:c-format */
345 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
346 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
351 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
356 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
357 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
358 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
359 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
360 the section is zero. */
361 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
365 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
367 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
369 /* xgettext:c-format */
370 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
371 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
372 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
374 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
378 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
381 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
382 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
383 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
384 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
385 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
386 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
387 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
390 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
391 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
394 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
396 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
398 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
400 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
401 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
402 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
403 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
404 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
405 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
406 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
411 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
417 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
419 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
421 elf_section_list
* entry
;
422 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
424 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
425 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
428 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
431 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
433 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
438 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
440 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
441 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
442 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
443 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
444 the index table will not be needed. */
448 /* Read the symbols. */
450 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
452 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
453 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
454 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* extsym_size
;
455 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
456 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
458 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
459 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
461 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
462 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
463 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
469 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
473 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
474 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
475 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
477 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
478 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
479 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
481 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
482 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
483 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
490 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
492 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
493 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
494 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
495 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
499 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
500 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
501 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
502 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
504 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
505 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
507 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
508 /* xgettext:c-format */
509 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
510 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
511 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
512 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
519 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
521 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
522 free (alloc_extshndx
);
527 /* Look up a symbol name. */
529 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
530 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
531 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
535 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
536 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
538 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
539 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
540 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
542 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
543 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
546 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
549 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
550 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
555 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
556 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
559 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
560 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
562 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
564 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
565 signature just a string? */
568 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
570 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
571 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
572 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
573 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
575 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
576 that it is a symbol table section. */
577 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
579 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
580 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
581 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
584 /* Go read the symbol. */
585 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
586 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
587 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
590 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
593 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
596 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
598 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
600 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
601 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
604 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
606 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
607 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
608 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
611 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
612 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
613 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
614 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
615 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
617 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
619 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
621 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
627 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
628 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
629 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
633 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
634 so we can find them quickly. */
637 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
638 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
639 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
640 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
642 memset (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
, 0,
643 num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
646 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
648 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
650 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
653 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
655 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
657 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
660 /* Add to list of sections. */
661 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
664 /* Read the raw contents. */
665 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
666 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
667 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
668 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
669 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
670 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
673 /* xgettext:c-format */
674 (_("%pB: corrupt size field in group section"
675 " header: %#" PRIx64
),
676 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
677 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
682 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
684 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
685 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
689 /* xgettext:c-format */
690 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
691 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
692 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
693 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
695 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
696 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
697 contents to be used. */
698 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
702 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
703 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
704 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
706 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
707 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
715 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
716 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
719 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
720 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
721 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
726 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
727 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
728 section group should be marked with
729 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
730 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
732 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
735 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
738 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
746 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
747 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
749 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
751 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
754 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
755 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
757 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
758 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
764 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
766 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
769 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
771 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
772 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
774 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
775 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
781 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
782 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
784 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
785 /* xgettext:c-format */
786 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
787 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
788 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
792 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
794 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
795 section is a member. */
797 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
801 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
802 other members to see if any others are linked via
804 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
805 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
807 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
808 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
809 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
813 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
814 insert current section in circular list. */
815 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
816 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
817 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
823 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
826 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
828 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
829 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
832 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
834 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
835 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
837 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
844 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
846 /* xgettext:c-format */
847 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
855 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
858 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
859 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
862 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
863 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
865 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
866 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
868 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
869 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
870 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
871 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
874 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
875 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
876 bed
->link_order_error_handler
877 /* xgettext:c-format */
878 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
883 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
885 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
887 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
888 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
892 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
893 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
897 /* xgettext:c-format */
898 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
899 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
903 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
906 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
907 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
910 /* xgettext:c-format */
911 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
912 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
917 /* Process section groups. */
918 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
921 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
923 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
924 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
927 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
928 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
931 /* xgettext:c-format */
932 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
938 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
939 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
945 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
947 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
948 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
949 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
950 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
952 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
954 /* xgettext:c-format */
955 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
958 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
959 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
972 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
974 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
978 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
980 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
981 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
982 if (new_name
== NULL
)
986 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
991 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
993 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
994 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
995 if (new_name
== NULL
)
998 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1002 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1003 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1006 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1015 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1018 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1019 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1022 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1023 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1024 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1026 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1027 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1028 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1030 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1032 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
1033 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1034 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
1035 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1038 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1039 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1040 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1041 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1043 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1046 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1049 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1050 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1051 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1053 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1055 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1058 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1060 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1061 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1062 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1063 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1065 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1066 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1067 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1068 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1070 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1072 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1073 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1074 if (name
[0] == '.')
1079 p
= ".debug", n
= 6;
1080 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
1081 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
1082 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
1083 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1084 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
1086 else if (name
[1] == 's')
1088 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
1089 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
1092 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
1093 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1097 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1098 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1099 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1100 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1101 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1102 all but one of the sections. */
1103 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1104 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1105 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1107 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1108 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1109 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
1112 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
1115 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1116 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1117 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1118 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1122 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1125 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1126 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1130 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1132 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1133 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1135 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1136 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1137 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1138 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1139 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1140 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1141 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1143 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1145 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1148 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1149 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1151 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1152 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1153 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1154 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1156 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1157 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1158 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
1160 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1161 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1162 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1163 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1164 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1165 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1166 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1167 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1168 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
1170 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1171 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1172 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1173 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1174 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1175 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1176 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1182 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1183 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1184 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1185 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1186 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1188 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1189 int compression_header_size
;
1190 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1191 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1192 bfd_boolean compressed
1193 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1194 &compression_header_size
,
1196 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1199 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1200 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1201 action
= decompress
;
1204 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1205 section. Check if we should compress. */
1206 if (action
== nothing
)
1208 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1209 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1210 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1211 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1213 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1214 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1220 if (action
== compress
)
1222 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1225 /* xgettext:c-format */
1226 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1233 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1236 /* xgettext:c-format */
1237 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1243 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1246 && (action
== decompress
1247 || (action
== compress
1248 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1250 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1251 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1253 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1254 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1256 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1260 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1261 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1262 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1268 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1270 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1271 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1272 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1275 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1276 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1277 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1278 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1279 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1280 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1281 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1282 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1283 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1285 bfd_reloc_status_type
1286 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1287 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1289 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1290 asection
*input_section
,
1292 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1294 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1295 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1296 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1297 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1299 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1300 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1303 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1306 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1307 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1308 should be the same. */
1311 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1312 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1314 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1315 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1316 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1317 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1319 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1320 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1322 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1325 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1326 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1327 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1328 to be the correct section. */
1331 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1332 const unsigned int hint
)
1334 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1337 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1339 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1340 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1341 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1342 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1345 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1347 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1349 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1351 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1352 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1353 multiple matches ? */
1360 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1361 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1362 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1365 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1367 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1369 const unsigned int secnum
)
1371 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1372 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1373 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
1374 unsigned int sh_link
;
1376 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1378 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1379 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1380 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1381 matched up with the original.
1383 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1384 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1385 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1386 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1387 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1388 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1389 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1390 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1391 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1392 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1393 without any contents. */
1394 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1395 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1396 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1397 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1401 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1402 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
1403 && bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1404 (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
))
1407 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1408 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1409 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1410 in the input bfd. */
1411 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1413 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1414 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1417 /* xgettext:c-format */
1418 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1419 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1423 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1424 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1426 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1430 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1431 if we could not find a match ? */
1433 /* xgettext:c-format */
1434 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1437 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1439 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1440 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1442 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1444 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1446 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1447 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1450 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1451 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1453 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1455 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1460 /* xgettext:c-format */
1461 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1467 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1471 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1473 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1474 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1475 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1478 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1479 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1482 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1484 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1485 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1488 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1490 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1491 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1492 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1494 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1495 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1496 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1497 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1499 /* Copy object attributes. */
1500 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1502 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1505 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1507 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1508 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1511 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1513 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1514 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1515 files. See below for more details. */
1517 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1518 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1521 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1522 fields have already been initialised. */
1523 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1524 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1527 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1528 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1529 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1531 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1533 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1536 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1537 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1538 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1539 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1541 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1542 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1543 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1544 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1545 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1546 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1551 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1554 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1555 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1556 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1557 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1559 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1561 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1564 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1565 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1566 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1568 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1569 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1570 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1571 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1572 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1573 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1574 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1575 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1576 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1577 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1579 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1584 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1586 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1587 with a NULL input section. */
1588 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
!= NULL
)
1589 bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, NULL
, oheader
);
1597 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1602 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1603 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1604 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1605 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1606 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1607 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1608 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1609 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1610 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1611 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1612 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1613 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1618 /* Print out the program headers. */
1621 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1623 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1624 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1626 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1628 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1633 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1634 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1635 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1637 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1642 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1645 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1646 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1647 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1648 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1649 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1650 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1651 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1652 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1653 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1654 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1655 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1656 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1657 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1658 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1659 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1660 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1661 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1666 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1669 unsigned int elfsec
;
1670 unsigned long shlink
;
1671 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1673 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1675 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1677 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1680 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1681 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1683 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1685 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1686 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1689 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1690 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1692 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1693 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1695 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1697 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1698 const char *name
= "";
1700 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1701 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1703 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1705 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1712 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1713 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1715 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1717 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1722 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1723 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1724 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1725 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1726 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1727 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1728 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1729 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1730 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1731 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1732 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1733 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1734 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1735 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1736 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1737 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1738 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1739 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1740 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1741 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1742 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1743 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1744 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1745 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1746 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1747 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1748 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1749 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1750 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1751 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1752 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1753 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1754 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1755 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1756 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1757 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1758 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1759 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1760 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1761 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1762 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1763 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1764 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1765 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1766 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1767 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1768 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1769 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1770 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1771 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1772 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1773 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1774 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1775 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1776 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1777 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1778 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1779 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1782 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1786 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1791 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1793 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1796 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1805 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1806 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1808 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1812 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1814 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1816 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1817 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1819 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1820 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1821 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1822 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1824 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1827 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1831 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1837 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1839 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1841 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1842 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1844 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1846 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1847 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1848 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1849 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1850 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1851 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1863 /* Get version string. */
1866 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1867 bfd_boolean
*hidden
)
1869 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1870 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1871 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1873 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1875 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1876 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1879 version_string
= "";
1880 else if (vernum
== 1
1881 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1882 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1884 version_string
= "Base";
1885 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1887 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1890 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1892 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1893 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1897 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1899 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1901 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1903 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1910 return version_string
;
1913 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1916 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1919 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1921 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1924 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1925 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1927 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1928 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1929 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1930 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1932 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1934 const char *section_name
;
1935 const char *name
= NULL
;
1936 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1937 unsigned char st_other
;
1939 const char *version_string
;
1942 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1944 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1945 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1946 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1950 name
= symbol
->name
;
1951 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1954 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1955 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1956 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1957 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1958 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1959 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1960 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1962 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1963 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1965 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1966 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
1972 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1977 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1978 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1983 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1984 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1989 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1990 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1991 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1993 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1995 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1998 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2004 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2006 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2009 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2011 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2012 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2015 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
2016 static bfd_boolean
* sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2017 static bfd
* sections_being_created_abfd
= NULL
;
2018 static unsigned int nesting
= 0;
2020 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2025 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2026 sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
2027 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2028 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2029 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2030 can expect to recurse at least once.
2032 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2033 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2035 if (sections_being_created_abfd
!= abfd
)
2036 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2037 if (sections_being_created
== NULL
)
2039 sections_being_created
= (bfd_boolean
*)
2040 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, elf_numsections (abfd
), sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
2041 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2043 if (sections_being_created
[shindex
])
2046 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2049 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = TRUE
;
2052 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2053 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2054 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2059 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2060 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2063 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2066 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2067 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2068 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2069 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2070 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2071 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2072 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2073 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2074 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2075 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2078 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2079 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2082 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2084 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2085 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2086 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2089 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2090 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2091 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2093 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2098 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2100 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2102 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2104 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2105 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2106 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2107 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2109 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2110 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2114 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2116 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2117 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2119 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2120 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2122 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2130 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2131 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2134 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2137 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2139 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2141 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2142 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2143 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2148 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2149 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2150 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2153 /* xgettext:c-format */
2154 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2155 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2159 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2160 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2161 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2162 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2164 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2165 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2166 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2167 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2168 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2170 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2171 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2172 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2176 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2177 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2178 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2180 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2181 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2183 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2184 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2187 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2188 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2190 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2192 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2193 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2198 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2200 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2202 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2203 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2208 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2209 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2213 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2214 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2217 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2220 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2222 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2225 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2226 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2227 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2232 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2233 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2234 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2237 /* xgettext:c-format */
2238 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2239 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2243 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2244 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2245 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2246 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2248 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2249 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2250 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2253 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2255 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2257 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2258 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2261 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2264 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2266 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2267 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2268 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2272 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2273 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2276 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2278 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2279 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2283 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2286 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2287 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2291 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2294 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2295 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2296 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2297 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2299 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2304 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2305 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2306 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2307 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2309 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2311 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2312 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2314 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2315 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2317 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2320 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2322 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2324 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2325 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2329 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2334 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2336 asection
*target_sect
;
2337 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2338 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2339 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2342 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2343 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2346 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2347 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2350 /* xgettext:c-format */
2351 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2352 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2353 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2358 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2359 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2360 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2361 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2362 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2363 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2364 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2366 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2367 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
2368 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2369 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2375 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2377 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2378 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2389 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2392 /* Get the symbol table. */
2393 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2394 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2395 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2398 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2399 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2400 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2401 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2402 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2403 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2404 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2405 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2406 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2407 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2408 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2409 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2410 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2411 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2412 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2413 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2415 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2420 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2423 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2424 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2427 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2428 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2429 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2431 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2433 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2436 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2441 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2442 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2443 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2444 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2445 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2446 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2447 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2448 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2449 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2451 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2452 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2454 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2458 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2459 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2460 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2461 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2464 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2465 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2468 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2469 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2470 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2473 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2474 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2475 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2476 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2483 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2486 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2492 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2493 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2494 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2496 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2498 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2502 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2503 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2506 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2508 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2509 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2510 for applications? */
2512 /* xgettext:c-format */
2513 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2514 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2517 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2518 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2523 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2524 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2525 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2527 /* xgettext:c-format */
2528 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2529 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2530 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2532 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2533 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2534 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2535 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2536 be rejected with an error message. */
2538 /* xgettext:c-format */
2539 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2540 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2543 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2544 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2549 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2551 /* xgettext:c-format */
2552 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2553 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2561 if (sections_being_created
&& sections_being_created_abfd
== abfd
)
2562 sections_being_created
[shindex
] = FALSE
;
2563 if (-- nesting
== 0)
2565 sections_being_created
= NULL
;
2566 sections_being_created_abfd
= abfd
;
2571 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2574 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2576 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2578 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2580 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2582 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2583 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2584 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2586 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2587 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2588 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2591 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2593 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2596 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2599 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2602 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2606 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2608 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2610 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2613 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2615 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2616 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2619 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2621 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2622 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2625 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2627 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2628 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2629 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2630 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2631 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2632 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2633 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2634 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2635 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2636 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2637 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2638 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2639 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2640 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2643 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2645 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2646 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2647 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2650 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2652 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2653 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2654 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2655 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2656 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2657 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2658 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2659 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2660 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2661 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2664 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2667 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2670 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2673 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2674 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2675 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2678 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2680 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2681 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2684 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2687 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2688 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2691 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2693 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2694 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2695 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2698 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2700 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2701 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2702 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2704 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2707 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2710 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2711 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2712 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2713 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2714 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2715 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2718 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2720 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2721 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2722 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2723 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2726 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2728 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2729 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2730 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2731 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2732 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2735 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2737 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2738 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2739 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2741 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2742 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2743 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2744 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2747 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2749 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2751 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2753 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2754 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2755 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2761 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2764 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2765 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2766 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2772 len
= strlen (name
);
2774 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2777 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2779 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2781 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2784 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2785 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2787 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2789 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2791 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2792 && (suffix_len
== -2
2793 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2799 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2801 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2802 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2812 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2813 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2816 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2817 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2819 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2820 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2823 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2824 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2827 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2828 bed
->special_sections
,
2834 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2837 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2838 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2841 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2846 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2850 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2852 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2853 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2854 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2856 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2859 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2863 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2866 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2867 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2868 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2870 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2871 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2872 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2873 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2874 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2875 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2876 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2877 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2878 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2879 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2880 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2882 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2885 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2886 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2887 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2889 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2890 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2894 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2897 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2899 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2900 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2901 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2902 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2904 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2905 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2906 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2907 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2908 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2909 of combined data+bss.
2911 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2912 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2913 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2914 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2915 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2920 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2921 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2923 const char *type_name
)
2931 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2932 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2933 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2935 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2937 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2938 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2939 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2942 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2943 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2944 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2946 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2947 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2948 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2949 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2950 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2951 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2952 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2954 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2955 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2956 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2958 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2960 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2963 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2965 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2969 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2973 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2974 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2975 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2978 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2979 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2980 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2982 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2983 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2984 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2985 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2986 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2987 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2988 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2989 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2990 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2992 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2993 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2994 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2995 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2996 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2997 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2998 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
3000 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
3001 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
3002 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
3004 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
3005 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3012 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3014 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3016 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3019 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3022 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
3025 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3028 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3031 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3033 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3039 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3042 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3044 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3045 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3049 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3052 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3055 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3056 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3057 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3061 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3065 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3067 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3069 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3070 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3073 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3077 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3079 const char *sec_name
,
3080 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
3082 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3083 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3087 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3089 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3091 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3097 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3098 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3099 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3103 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3104 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3105 const char *sec_name
,
3106 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
,
3107 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
)
3109 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3110 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3112 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3113 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3114 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3116 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3117 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3118 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3121 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3122 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3123 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3124 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3125 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3126 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3127 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3128 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3129 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3134 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3137 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3139 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3140 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3142 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3145 struct fake_section_arg
3147 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3151 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3154 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3156 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3157 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3158 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3159 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3160 unsigned int sh_type
;
3161 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3162 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p
= FALSE
;
3166 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3171 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3175 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3176 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3177 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3181 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3183 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3185 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3186 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3187 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3188 delay_st_name_p
= TRUE
;
3191 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3193 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3194 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3196 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3197 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3201 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3202 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3210 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3212 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3213 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3214 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3215 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3216 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3217 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3222 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3227 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3228 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3232 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3234 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3241 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3243 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3244 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3245 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
3247 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3249 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3250 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3251 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3252 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3253 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3256 /* xgettext:c-format */
3257 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3258 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3262 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
3263 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3264 copy_private_section_data. */
3266 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3267 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3269 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3271 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3272 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3274 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3276 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3277 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3278 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3279 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3280 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3282 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3283 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3284 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3285 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3287 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3288 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3291 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3302 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3303 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3304 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3305 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3309 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3313 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3317 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3321 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3322 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3326 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3327 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3330 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3331 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3334 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3335 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3336 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3337 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3339 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3340 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3342 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3343 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3346 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3347 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3348 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3349 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3351 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3352 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3354 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3355 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3359 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3363 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3367 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3368 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3369 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3370 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3371 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3372 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3373 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3375 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3376 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3378 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3379 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3380 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3381 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3382 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3384 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3385 if (asect
->size
== 0
3386 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3388 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3390 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3393 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3394 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3395 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3399 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3400 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3402 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3403 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3404 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3405 create the other. */
3406 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3408 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3411 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3412 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3413 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3414 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3416 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3417 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3418 FALSE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3423 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3424 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3425 TRUE
, delay_st_name_p
))
3431 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3433 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3443 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3444 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3445 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3446 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3452 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3454 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3455 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3456 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3460 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3461 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3462 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3463 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3466 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3468 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
3469 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3473 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3475 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3480 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3482 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3484 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3486 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3487 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3491 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3492 elf_section_syms. */
3493 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
3494 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3496 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3498 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3500 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3501 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3502 set until all local symbols are output. */
3504 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3505 unsigned long symndx
;
3506 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3507 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3509 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3510 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3511 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3512 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3513 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3514 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3516 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3518 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3520 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3521 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3523 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3524 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3525 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3526 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3528 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3531 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3533 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3536 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3538 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3539 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3540 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3547 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3549 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3550 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3551 start of the input section group. */
3552 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3554 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3555 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3556 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3557 directives, not that it matters. */
3564 s
= s
->output_section
;
3566 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3568 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3569 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3571 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3573 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3574 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3576 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3578 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3580 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3582 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3583 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3585 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3587 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3590 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3592 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3598 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3603 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3604 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3605 relocations apply. */
3608 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3610 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3611 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3612 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3613 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3618 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3624 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3627 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3630 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3635 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3637 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3638 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3641 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3642 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3643 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3646 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3649 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3650 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3651 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3654 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3655 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3656 in here too, while we're at it. */
3659 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3661 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3663 unsigned int section_number
;
3664 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3665 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3666 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3670 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3672 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3673 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3675 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3677 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3678 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3680 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3682 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3684 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3686 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3687 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3688 abfd
->section_count
--;
3691 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3694 /* Count relocations. */
3695 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3698 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3699 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3700 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3703 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3705 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3707 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3708 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3709 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3710 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3713 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3714 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3715 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3722 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3723 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3724 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3730 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3731 || (link_info
== NULL
3732 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3736 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3737 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3738 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3740 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3742 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3744 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3745 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3746 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3748 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3749 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3750 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3753 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3754 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3757 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3758 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3759 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3761 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3763 /* xgettext:c-format */
3764 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3765 abfd
, section_number
);
3769 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3770 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3772 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3774 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3775 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3776 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3779 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3780 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3781 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3783 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3787 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3789 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3792 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3793 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3795 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3796 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3797 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3798 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3800 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3801 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3804 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3808 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3810 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3811 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3812 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3813 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3814 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3816 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3818 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3819 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3820 the relocation entries apply. */
3821 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3823 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3824 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3825 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3827 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3829 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3830 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3831 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3834 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3835 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3837 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3840 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3841 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3843 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3844 if (discarded_section (s
))
3848 /* xgettext:c-format */
3849 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3850 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3851 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3853 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3854 size as the discarded one. */
3855 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3858 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3864 s
= s
->output_section
;
3865 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3869 /* Handle objcopy. */
3870 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3873 /* xgettext:c-format */
3874 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3875 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3876 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3877 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3880 s
= s
->output_section
;
3882 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3887 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3888 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3889 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3891 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3892 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3893 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3894 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3895 /* xgettext:c-format */
3896 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3901 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3905 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3906 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3907 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3908 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3909 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3910 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3911 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3913 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3915 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3918 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3919 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3924 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3925 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3926 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3927 field to point to this section. */
3928 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3929 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3934 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3935 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3938 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3939 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3940 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3944 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3946 /* This is a .stab section. */
3947 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3948 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3949 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3956 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3957 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3958 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3959 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3961 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3963 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3966 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3967 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3968 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3969 the version strings. */
3970 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3971 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3973 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3978 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3979 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3980 this hash table or version table is for. */
3981 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3983 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3987 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3991 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3992 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3993 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3999 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4001 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4002 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4003 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4004 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4006 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4007 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
4008 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
4011 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4012 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4013 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4014 the beginning of that array.
4016 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4019 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4020 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4022 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4024 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4026 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4027 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4028 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4030 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4033 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4036 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4038 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4041 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4044 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4049 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4050 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4053 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4055 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4060 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4063 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4066 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
4067 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4068 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4069 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4070 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4071 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4072 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4073 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4074 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4077 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4078 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4081 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4083 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4084 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4085 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4086 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4087 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4088 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4089 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4090 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4096 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4100 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4102 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4103 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4107 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
4108 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4110 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4111 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4113 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4114 decided to output. */
4115 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4117 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4119 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4121 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4122 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4124 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4126 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4127 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4129 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4133 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4134 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4136 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4138 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4142 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4143 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4144 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4145 at least in that case. */
4146 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4148 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4150 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4157 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4158 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
4159 sizeof (asymbol
*));
4161 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4164 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4166 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4169 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4170 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4171 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4176 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4178 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4180 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4182 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4185 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4186 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4189 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4191 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4195 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4197 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4201 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4202 ELF data structure. */
4204 static inline file_ptr
4205 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4207 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4210 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4211 required section alignment. */
4214 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4218 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4219 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4220 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4221 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4222 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4223 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4224 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4228 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4229 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4230 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4233 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4234 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4236 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4237 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4239 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4240 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4241 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
4243 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4246 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4247 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4248 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4250 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
4253 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4254 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4256 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
4257 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4258 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4262 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4265 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4266 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4267 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4268 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4272 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4273 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4275 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
4280 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4282 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4287 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4288 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4289 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4290 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4291 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4292 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4293 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4294 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4295 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4296 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4297 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4299 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4305 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4307 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4309 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4310 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4312 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4314 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4315 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4316 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4317 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4320 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4321 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4323 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4325 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4327 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4328 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4330 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4333 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
4338 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4339 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4341 static bfd_size_type
4342 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4346 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4348 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4349 and one for data. */
4352 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4353 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4355 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4356 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4357 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4362 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4364 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4368 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4370 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4374 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4376 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4380 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4382 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4386 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4387 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4388 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4390 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4394 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4396 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4397 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4399 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4400 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4402 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4403 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4404 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4405 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4406 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4407 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4408 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4409 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4410 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4411 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4416 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4418 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4420 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4426 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4428 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4430 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4431 unsigned int page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (bed
->commonpagesize
);
4432 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4433 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4435 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
4439 /* xgettext:c-format */
4440 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIN section `%pA' has invalid sh_info field: %d"),
4441 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4444 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4445 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4446 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4451 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4452 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4456 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4462 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4465 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4468 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4470 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4471 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4473 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4479 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4480 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4487 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4489 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4490 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4491 asection
**sections
,
4496 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4501 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4502 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4503 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4507 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4508 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4509 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4510 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4512 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4514 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4515 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4516 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4522 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4525 struct elf_segment_map
*
4526 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4528 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4530 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4531 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4535 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4537 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4542 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4545 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4546 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4547 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
4549 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4550 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4552 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4553 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4554 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4555 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4557 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4560 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4562 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4564 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4565 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4566 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4568 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4572 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4574 if (remove_empty_load
4575 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4577 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4583 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4584 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4586 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4593 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4594 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4596 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4599 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4602 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4603 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4604 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4605 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
4607 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4610 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4612 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4616 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4617 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4620 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4621 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4623 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
;
4624 bfd_boolean writable
;
4625 bfd_boolean executable
;
4627 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4628 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4629 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4631 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
4632 bfd_size_type phdr_size
;
4634 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4636 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
4637 sizeof (asection
*));
4638 if (sections
== NULL
)
4641 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4642 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4644 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4645 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4648 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4650 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4654 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4655 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4656 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
4659 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4662 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4664 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4665 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4666 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4667 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4668 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4669 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4671 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4673 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4674 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4675 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4676 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4677 been left for them. */
4678 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4680 /* Build the mapping. */
4684 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4685 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4687 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4688 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4690 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4691 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4695 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4697 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4698 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4699 phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
4703 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4704 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4708 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4716 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4717 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4718 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4724 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4726 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4729 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4730 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4732 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4733 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4734 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4735 program headers we will need. */
4736 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4739 bfd_boolean separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4741 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4743 && info
->separate_code
4744 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4746 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4747 thus not executable, and the first section is
4748 executable then put the file and program headers in
4749 their own PT_LOAD. */
4750 separate_phdr
= TRUE
;
4751 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4752 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4754 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4755 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4756 previous page if we can. */
4757 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4758 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4760 separate_phdr
= FALSE
;
4763 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4764 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4765 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4766 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4767 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4768 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4769 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4770 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4772 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4773 else if (separate_phdr
)
4775 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4778 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
;
4780 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4781 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4784 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4788 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4791 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
4795 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4798 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4800 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4801 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4802 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4804 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4806 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4807 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4811 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4812 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4814 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4815 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4818 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4819 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4820 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4822 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4823 pages onto the same memory page. */
4824 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4826 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4827 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4828 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4829 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4830 section can be included in the current segment. */
4831 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4832 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4833 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4834 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4836 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4837 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4840 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4841 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4843 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4844 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4845 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4846 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4849 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4851 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4852 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4853 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4854 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4856 else if (info
!= NULL
4857 && info
->separate_code
4858 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4863 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4865 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4871 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4872 new_segment
= FALSE
;
4875 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4876 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4878 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4880 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4886 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4888 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4891 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4892 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4896 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4897 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4899 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4906 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4911 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4917 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4918 last_size
= !IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0;
4920 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4923 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4925 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4926 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4927 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4929 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4937 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4940 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4947 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
4948 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4949 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4950 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4951 in the output file. */
4952 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4954 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4955 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4958 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4961 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4963 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4964 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4965 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
4966 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
,
4973 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4974 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
4975 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4979 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4983 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4984 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4987 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4988 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4992 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4998 if (first_mbind
== NULL
4999 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5003 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5006 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5007 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5008 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5013 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5014 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5016 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5018 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
5020 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5023 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5026 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
5028 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5030 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5034 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5037 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5048 if (first_mbind
&& (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5049 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5050 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5051 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
5052 <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
))
5054 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5055 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5056 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5058 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5061 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5062 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5066 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5067 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5069 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5071 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5077 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5078 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5079 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5081 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5082 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5086 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5088 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5095 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5097 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5098 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5099 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5101 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5102 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5106 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5108 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5114 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5116 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5117 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5121 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5122 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5123 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5124 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5125 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5126 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5128 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5129 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5136 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5138 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5140 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5142 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5143 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5146 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5147 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5148 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5151 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5156 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5159 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5160 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5164 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5171 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5174 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5177 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5179 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5184 if (sections
!= NULL
)
5189 /* Sort sections by address. */
5192 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5194 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5195 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5196 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5198 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5199 place the section into a segment. */
5200 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5202 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5205 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5206 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5207 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5209 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5212 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5214 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5220 /* If the indices are the same, do not return 0
5221 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
5222 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
5223 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5228 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5233 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5234 before others at the same address. */
5236 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5237 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5244 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5247 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5249 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5250 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5251 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5252 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5253 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5256 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5257 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5259 /* In other words, something like:
5261 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5262 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5263 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5264 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5266 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5268 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5271 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5273 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5274 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5276 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5280 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5283 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5288 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5289 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5290 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5291 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5292 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5293 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5295 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5296 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5300 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5301 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5302 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5308 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5313 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5315 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5318 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5323 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5324 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5328 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5329 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5331 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5332 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5333 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5334 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5336 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5337 unsigned int pt_load_count
= 0;
5340 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
5342 if (link_info
== NULL
5343 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5347 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5351 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
5356 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5357 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5361 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5362 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5363 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5366 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5368 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5369 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5371 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5372 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5376 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5380 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5381 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5382 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5383 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5384 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5386 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5387 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5388 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5389 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
5391 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
5393 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
5394 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
5395 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5400 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5401 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5403 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5404 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5405 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
5411 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
5413 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
5417 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
5419 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5420 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5421 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5422 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5423 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5425 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5426 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5427 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5430 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5431 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5432 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5433 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5434 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5435 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5436 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5439 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5441 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5443 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5444 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5445 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5448 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
5450 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5451 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5453 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5454 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5455 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5456 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5457 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5458 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5459 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5461 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5462 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5464 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5467 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5468 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5469 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5470 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5474 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5476 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5479 bfd_size_type align
;
5480 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5482 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5486 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5488 unsigned int secalign
;
5490 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
5491 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5492 align_power
= secalign
;
5494 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5495 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5496 align
= maxpagesize
;
5499 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5500 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5501 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5502 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5503 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5504 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5506 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5509 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5510 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5512 no_contents
= FALSE
;
5516 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
5518 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5519 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5521 if (pt_load_count
> 1
5522 && bed
->no_page_alias
5523 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5524 && (off
& -maxpagesize
) == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
))
5525 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5529 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5530 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5531 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5532 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5533 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5534 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5535 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5536 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5541 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5542 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5543 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5545 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5548 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5549 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5551 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5554 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5555 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5556 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5557 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5563 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5565 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5567 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5568 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5571 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5572 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5573 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5576 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5577 " try linking with -N"),
5579 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5584 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5589 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5591 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5594 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5596 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5600 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5601 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5602 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5606 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5607 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5610 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
5611 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
5615 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5616 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5618 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5624 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5626 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5627 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5631 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5632 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5633 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5634 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5635 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5636 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5639 bfd_size_type align
;
5640 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5643 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5644 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
5646 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5647 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5648 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5649 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5650 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5651 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5653 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
5654 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
5655 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
5656 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
5660 || p_end
< p_start
))
5663 /* xgettext:c-format */
5664 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5665 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
, (uint64_t) p_end
);
5669 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5671 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5673 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5675 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5676 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5678 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5679 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5683 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5687 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5689 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5693 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5694 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5695 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5701 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5710 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5712 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5713 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5714 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5716 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5717 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5718 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5720 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5721 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5722 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5723 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5724 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5725 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5727 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5729 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5732 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5734 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5735 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5736 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5737 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5738 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5739 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5741 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5743 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5744 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5746 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5748 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5749 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5752 if (align
> p
->p_align
5753 && !m
->p_align_valid
5754 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5755 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5759 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5762 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5764 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5771 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5772 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5773 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5775 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
5777 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5778 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5779 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5780 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5781 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5782 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5784 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5789 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5791 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5794 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5795 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5796 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5797 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5800 /* xgettext:c-format */
5801 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5803 print_segment_map (m
);
5809 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5813 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
5814 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
5815 use heuristics instead. */
5818 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
5820 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5823 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5824 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5825 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
5827 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
5829 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
5831 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
5832 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
5833 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
5834 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5835 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
5842 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5845 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5846 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5848 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5849 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
5850 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
5851 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5852 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5853 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5854 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
5855 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
5856 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
5860 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5861 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
5862 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5863 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
5865 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5868 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5869 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
5870 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5871 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
5872 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
5873 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5875 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
5876 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
5877 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
5878 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
5879 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
5880 so do not warn about them. */
5881 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
5883 /* xgettext:c-format */
5884 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5886 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
5888 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
5889 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5890 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
5891 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5894 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
5896 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
5899 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5900 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5901 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5902 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
5903 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5904 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
5905 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
5906 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
5907 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
5908 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
5909 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5911 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5914 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5915 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5919 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5921 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
5922 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5923 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5926 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5929 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5931 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5932 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5934 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5936 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
5937 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
5938 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5941 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5942 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5947 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
5949 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5950 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5951 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5953 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5954 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5955 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5956 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5958 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5959 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5960 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5961 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
5964 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
5965 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5966 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
5968 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5969 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5978 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
5979 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5983 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5984 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
5987 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5988 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
5993 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
5995 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6000 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6002 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6003 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6004 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6005 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6006 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6008 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6010 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6012 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6013 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
;
6024 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6025 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6028 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6030 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6032 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6034 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6036 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6037 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6038 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
6040 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6046 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6047 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6049 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6058 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
;
6059 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
;
6060 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6061 p
->p_memsz
= end
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6062 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6064 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6065 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6066 In cases where the end does not match any
6067 loaded section (for instance is in file
6068 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6069 the end of loaded section contents. */
6070 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6071 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6073 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6074 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6075 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6076 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6077 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6079 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6081 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6087 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6090 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6092 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6094 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6095 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6097 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6101 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6102 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6103 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6105 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6106 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6107 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6113 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6115 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6117 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6118 "and/or program header"),
6119 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6124 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6125 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6127 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6128 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6129 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6131 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6138 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
6140 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6141 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
6142 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
6144 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
6146 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
6147 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
6148 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
6152 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6157 static elf_section_list
*
6158 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6160 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6166 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6167 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6168 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6170 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6171 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
6172 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
6173 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
6174 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
6175 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
6176 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6178 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6181 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6182 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6184 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6185 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6186 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6188 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6189 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6191 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6192 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6193 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6197 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6198 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6200 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6201 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6202 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6203 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6205 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6208 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6209 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6210 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6211 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
))
6212 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6213 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6214 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6215 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6216 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6217 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6219 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6222 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
6225 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6231 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6232 assignment of sections to segments. */
6233 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6236 /* And for non-load sections. */
6237 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6240 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
6242 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6246 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
6247 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6249 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
6250 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6251 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6253 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6254 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6255 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6256 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6257 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6259 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6260 segments is non-zero. */
6262 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6265 /* Write out the program headers. */
6266 alloc
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
6270 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if present, will
6271 be loaded into memory. FIXME: The check below is not sufficient as
6272 really all PT_LOAD segments should be checked before issuing an error
6273 message. Plus the PHDR segment does not have to be the first segment
6274 in the program header table. But this version of the check should
6275 catch all real world use cases.
6277 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6278 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6279 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6280 changed or the programs updated. */
6282 && tdata
->phdr
[0].p_type
== PT_PHDR
6283 && (bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
== NULL
6284 || !bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
,
6286 && tdata
->phdr
[1].p_type
== PT_LOAD
6287 && (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
> tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
6288 || (tdata
->phdr
[1].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[1].p_memsz
6289 < tdata
->phdr
[0].p_vaddr
+ tdata
->phdr
[0].p_memsz
)))
6291 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
6292 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
6293 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
6294 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
6295 " by LOAD segment"),
6300 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6301 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6309 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
6311 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6312 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6313 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6315 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6317 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6318 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6321 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6323 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6324 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6325 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6326 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6328 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6329 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6330 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6331 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6333 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6334 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6335 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6336 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6337 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6338 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6340 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6342 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6344 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6345 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6348 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6349 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6350 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6351 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6352 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6353 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6354 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6355 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6357 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6360 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6361 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6363 /* No program header, for now. */
6364 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6365 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6366 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6368 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6369 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6370 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6372 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6373 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
6374 /* It all happens later. */
6378 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6379 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6382 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6383 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
6384 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6385 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
6386 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6387 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
6388 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6389 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6390 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6396 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6397 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6400 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6403 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6404 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6405 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6406 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6408 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6410 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6411 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6412 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6415 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6417 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6418 bfd_boolean is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6419 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6421 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6425 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6426 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6428 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6429 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6433 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6434 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6436 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6437 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6439 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6440 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6444 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6445 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6448 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6450 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6452 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6454 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6459 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6464 /* Update section size and contents. */
6465 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6466 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6467 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6469 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6476 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6478 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6479 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6480 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6481 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
6483 /* Place the section headers. */
6484 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6485 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6486 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6487 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6488 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6489 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6495 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6497 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6498 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6500 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6501 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6503 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6504 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6506 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6507 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6508 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6509 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6511 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6512 already been written to the BFD. */
6513 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6515 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6519 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6522 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6526 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6529 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6530 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6531 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6533 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6534 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6535 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6536 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6537 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6539 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6541 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6543 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6544 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6549 /* Write out the section header names. */
6550 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6551 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6552 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6553 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6556 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
6558 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6561 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6562 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6563 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6569 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6571 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6572 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6575 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6578 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6580 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6581 unsigned int sec_index
;
6583 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6584 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6585 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6587 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6588 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6589 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6590 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6591 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6592 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6594 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6596 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6597 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6599 int retval
= sec_index
;
6601 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6605 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6606 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6611 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6615 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6617 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6619 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6621 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6622 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6623 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6624 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6625 input sections rather than the output section. */
6626 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6627 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6628 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6633 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6634 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6635 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6636 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6637 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6638 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
6639 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
6642 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6646 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6647 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6649 /* xgettext:c-format */
6650 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6651 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6652 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6659 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6660 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6668 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6671 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6673 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6674 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6675 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6676 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6677 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6680 unsigned int num_segments
;
6681 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6682 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6683 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6684 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6685 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6686 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6688 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6689 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6692 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6694 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6695 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
6697 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6698 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6699 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6700 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6702 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6703 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6704 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6705 ? section->size : 0)
6707 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6708 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6709 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6710 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6711 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6712 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6714 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6715 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6716 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6717 (section->lma >= base \
6718 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) >= section->lma) \
6719 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6720 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6722 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6723 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6724 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6725 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6726 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6727 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6728 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6730 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6732 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6734 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6738 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6739 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6740 p_memsz set to 0. */
6741 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6743 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6744 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6745 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6746 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6748 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6749 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6750 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6752 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6753 A section will be included if:
6754 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6755 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6756 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6758 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6759 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6760 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6761 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6762 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6763 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6764 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6765 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6766 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6767 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6768 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6769 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6770 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6771 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6772 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6773 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6774 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6775 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6776 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6777 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6778 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6779 || (segment->p_paddr \
6780 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6781 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6782 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6784 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6786 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6787 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6788 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6789 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6790 && section->output_section != NULL)
6792 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6793 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6794 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6796 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6797 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6798 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6799 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6800 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6802 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6803 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6804 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6805 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6806 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6808 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6809 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6810 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6812 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6813 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6814 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6815 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6816 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6817 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6820 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6822 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6826 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6827 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6828 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6829 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6830 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6835 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6837 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6838 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6839 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6841 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6842 assignment code will work. */
6843 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
6847 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6849 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6850 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6851 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6855 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6856 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6858 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6860 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6861 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
6864 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6865 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
6867 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6869 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
6870 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
6872 if (extra_length
> 0)
6874 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6875 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6878 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6880 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6882 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6887 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6889 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
6890 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
6892 if (extra_length
> 0)
6894 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
6895 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
6898 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6903 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6904 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6908 unsigned int section_count
;
6909 asection
**sections
;
6910 asection
*output_section
;
6912 asection
*matching_lma
;
6913 asection
*suggested_lma
;
6916 asection
*first_section
;
6918 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
6921 first_section
= NULL
;
6922 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6923 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6925 section
= section
->next
)
6927 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6928 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6929 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
6931 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6932 first_section
= section
;
6933 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6938 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6939 all of the sections we have selected. */
6940 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
6941 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
6942 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6946 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6947 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6949 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6950 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6951 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6953 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6954 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6956 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6958 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6959 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6962 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6963 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6964 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6965 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6966 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6968 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6970 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6971 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6972 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6973 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6974 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6976 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6977 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6980 if (section_count
== 0)
6982 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6983 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6984 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6985 a warning is produced.
6986 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
6987 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
6988 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
6989 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6990 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
6991 /* xgettext:c-format */
6993 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
6994 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
6995 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
6997 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6999 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7000 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7005 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7006 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7007 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7008 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7010 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7011 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7014 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7015 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7016 of the first section.
7018 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7019 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7020 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7021 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7022 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7024 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7025 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7026 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7027 or segments to contain the other sections.
7029 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7030 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7031 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7033 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
7034 if (sections
== NULL
)
7037 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7038 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7039 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7040 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7041 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7044 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7045 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7047 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7049 section
= section
->next
)
7051 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
7053 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7055 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7057 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7058 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7059 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7060 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7062 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7063 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7065 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7066 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7067 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7068 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7069 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7070 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7072 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7073 == output_section
->vma
))
7074 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7076 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7077 LMA address of the output section. */
7078 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7079 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7080 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7081 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
7083 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7084 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7085 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7087 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7088 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7090 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7092 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7093 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7095 if (j
== section_count
)
7100 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7102 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7104 if (isec
== section_count
)
7106 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7107 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7108 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7109 program header in the input BFD. */
7110 map
->count
= section_count
;
7111 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7112 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7115 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7116 && matching_lma
->lma
!= map
->p_paddr
7117 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7118 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
7119 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
7120 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
7122 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= map
->p_paddr
- matching_lma
->lma
;
7129 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7130 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7131 section fitted, the first section. */
7132 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7133 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7135 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
;
7137 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7138 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7139 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7141 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7143 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7144 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7145 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7146 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7147 offset when we know the correct value. */
7148 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7149 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7152 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7154 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7155 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7156 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7157 first section lma, but there may have been some
7158 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7159 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7160 the same alignment. */
7161 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7162 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7163 map
->p_paddr
&= -align
;
7167 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7168 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7169 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7170 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7171 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7172 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7178 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7180 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7181 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7183 section
= sections
[j
];
7185 if (section
== NULL
)
7188 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7190 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7192 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
7193 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7195 if (map
->count
== 0)
7197 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7198 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7200 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7201 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7202 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7203 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7204 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7206 output_section
->alignment_power
)
7207 != output_section
->lma
)
7214 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7216 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7217 and the start of this section is more than
7218 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7219 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7221 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7222 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7223 > output_section
->lma
))
7225 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7226 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7232 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7235 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7236 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7238 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7239 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7242 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7243 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7244 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections. */
7245 if (map
->count
== 0)
7247 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7252 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7253 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7254 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7256 if (isec
< section_count
)
7258 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7259 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7260 and carry on looping. */
7261 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7262 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7263 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7270 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7271 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7272 not yet been assigned. */
7274 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7275 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7276 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7277 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
;
7278 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7279 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7280 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7283 while (isec
< section_count
);
7288 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7290 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7291 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7292 the offset if necessary. */
7293 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7297 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7300 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7301 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7302 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7304 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7305 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7308 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7309 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7316 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7317 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7319 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7320 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7321 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7322 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7323 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7324 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7328 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7331 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7333 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7334 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7335 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7336 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7337 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7339 unsigned int num_segments
;
7340 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
7341 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
7343 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7346 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7348 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7349 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7350 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7351 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7352 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7355 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7357 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
7361 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7366 unsigned int section_count
;
7368 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7369 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7370 asection
*lowest_section
;
7371 bfd_boolean no_contents
= TRUE
;
7373 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7374 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7376 section
= section
->next
)
7378 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7379 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7381 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7382 first_section
= section
;
7383 if (elf_section_type (section
) != SHT_NOBITS
)
7384 no_contents
= FALSE
;
7389 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7390 all of the sections we have selected. */
7391 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7392 amt
+= (bfd_size_type
) section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7393 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7397 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7400 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7401 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7402 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7403 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7404 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7405 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7406 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7407 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7409 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7410 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7412 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7413 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7414 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7415 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7416 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7418 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7419 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7422 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7423 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7424 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7425 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7427 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7428 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7430 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7431 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7432 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7433 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7434 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7436 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7437 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
7440 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7441 if (section_count
!= 0)
7443 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7445 for (section
= first_section
;
7447 section
= section
->next
)
7449 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7450 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7452 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7453 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7457 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7458 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7459 lowest_section
= section
;
7461 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7462 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7463 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7464 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7466 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7467 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7469 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7470 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7471 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
7473 if (isec
== section_count
)
7479 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
7481 /* Try to keep the space used by the headers plus any
7482 padding fixed. If there are sections with file contents
7483 in this segment then the lowest sh_offset is the best
7484 guess. Otherwise the segment only has file contents for
7485 the headers, and p_filesz is the best guess. */
7487 map
->header_size
= segment
->p_filesz
;
7489 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->filepos
;
7492 if (section_count
== 0)
7493 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7494 else if (!map
->includes_phdrs
7495 && !map
->includes_filehdr
7496 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7497 /* Account for padding before the first section. */
7498 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= (segment
->p_paddr
7499 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7501 map
->count
= section_count
;
7502 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7503 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7506 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7510 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7514 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7516 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7517 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7520 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7523 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7525 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7526 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7527 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7528 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7529 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7530 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7531 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7533 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7535 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7536 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7539 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7540 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7541 section
= section
->next
)
7542 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7544 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7545 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7549 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7550 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7551 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7552 map in this case. */
7553 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7554 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7555 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7558 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7559 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7561 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7562 from the input BFD. */
7563 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7565 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
7567 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7568 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7569 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7571 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7572 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7574 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7575 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7576 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7577 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7578 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7579 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7585 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7587 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7588 section
= section
->next
)
7590 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7593 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
7596 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7600 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7602 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7603 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7604 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7606 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7607 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
7609 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7612 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7613 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7615 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7616 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7617 /* xgettext:c-format */
7618 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7619 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7620 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7622 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7625 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
7626 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
7629 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7632 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7635 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7639 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7642 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7643 bfd_boolean final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7644 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7646 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7647 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7650 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7652 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7653 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7654 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7655 that the linker clears to differ. */
7656 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7657 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7659 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7660 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7661 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7663 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7664 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7665 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7667 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7668 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7669 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7670 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7672 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7673 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7674 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7675 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7676 if ((link_info
== NULL
7677 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7678 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7679 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7681 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7682 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7683 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7684 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7687 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7688 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7689 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7692 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7694 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7695 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7696 may be NULL at this point. */
7697 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7699 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7700 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7701 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7704 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7709 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7710 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7713 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7718 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7720 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7721 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7724 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7725 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7727 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7729 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7730 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7731 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7732 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7733 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7735 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7739 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7740 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7741 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7742 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7743 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7747 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7751 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7752 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7754 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7755 asection
*s
= first
;
7756 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7760 /* If this member section is being output but the
7761 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7762 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7763 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7764 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7766 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7767 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7769 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7770 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7771 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7772 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7774 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7776 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7777 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7779 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7780 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7783 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7789 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7791 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7792 adjust the input section size. */
7793 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7794 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7795 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7796 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7799 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7804 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7806 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7807 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7809 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7810 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7819 /* Copy private header information. */
7822 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7824 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7825 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7828 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7829 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7830 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7831 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7832 already been worked out. */
7833 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
7835 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
7839 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
7842 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7843 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7844 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7845 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7846 swap_out_syms function. */
7848 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7849 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7850 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7851 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7852 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7855 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7860 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
7862 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7863 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7866 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
7867 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
7870 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
7872 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
7876 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
7877 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
7878 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
7879 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
7880 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
7881 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
7883 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
7884 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
7885 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
7886 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
7887 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
7893 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7896 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
7897 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
7900 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7903 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
7904 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7905 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
7906 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
7907 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
7908 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
7909 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
7910 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
7911 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index
;
7913 unsigned int num_locals
;
7915 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
7917 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
7920 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7921 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7925 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7926 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
7927 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7928 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
7929 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7930 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
7931 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
7932 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
7934 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
7935 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
7937 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7938 symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
+ 1,
7939 sizeof (*symstrtab
));
7940 if (symstrtab
== NULL
)
7942 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7946 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
7947 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7948 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
7951 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
7955 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
7956 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
7958 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
7959 outbound_shndx_index
= 0;
7961 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
7963 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
7964 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
7966 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7967 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
7968 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
7969 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
7972 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
7973 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
7974 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
7975 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7976 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
7978 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7981 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7983 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7984 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
7990 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
7991 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
7992 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
7993 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
7994 symstrtab
[0].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
7995 outbound_syms_index
++;
7996 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
7997 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8001 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8002 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8004 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8005 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8007 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8008 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8009 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8010 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8013 if (!name_local_sections
8014 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8016 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8017 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8021 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8022 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8024 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8026 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8030 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
8032 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8033 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8035 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8036 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8037 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8038 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8039 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8040 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8041 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8043 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8044 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8045 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8049 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8052 if (sec
->output_section
)
8054 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8055 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8058 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8059 if (! relocatable_p
)
8061 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8062 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8064 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8066 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8068 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8069 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8070 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8071 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8075 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8078 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8081 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8084 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8087 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8088 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8097 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8099 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8103 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8104 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8105 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8106 demand of applications. For example, it
8107 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8108 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8109 actually in the output file. */
8110 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8112 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8113 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8115 /* xgettext:c-format */
8117 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8118 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8119 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8121 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8127 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8130 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8132 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8133 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8134 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8136 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8138 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8140 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8145 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8148 /* Processor-specific types. */
8149 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8150 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8151 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8152 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8154 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8156 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8157 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8159 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8161 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8163 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8165 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8166 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8167 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8169 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8170 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8172 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8174 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8175 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8179 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8180 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8183 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8185 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8187 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8188 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8189 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8191 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8194 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8197 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8199 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8200 sym
.st_target_internal
8201 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8206 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8210 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8211 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8212 symstrtab
[idx
].destshndx_index
= outbound_shndx_index
;
8214 outbound_syms_index
++;
8215 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
8216 outbound_shndx_index
++;
8219 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8220 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8222 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8223 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8225 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8226 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8227 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8229 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8230 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8231 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8233 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8234 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8236 + (elfsym
->destshndx_index
8237 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8242 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8243 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8244 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8245 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8246 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8247 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8248 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8249 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8254 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8256 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8257 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8258 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8261 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8263 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8265 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8267 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8268 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8270 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8273 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8275 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8281 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8283 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8285 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8287 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8289 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8293 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8294 if (symcount
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8296 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8299 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8301 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8307 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8310 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8311 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8313 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8317 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8320 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8323 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8330 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8332 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
8335 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8336 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8337 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8341 return section
->reloc_count
;
8345 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8347 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8348 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
8351 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8356 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8357 asymbol
**allocation
)
8359 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8360 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
8363 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
8367 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8368 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8369 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8370 dynamic reloc section. */
8373 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8375 bfd_size_type count
;
8378 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8380 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8385 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8386 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8387 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8388 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8390 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8391 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8393 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8397 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8400 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8401 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8402 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8403 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8404 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8405 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8406 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8409 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8413 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8417 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8419 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8423 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8425 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8427 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8428 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8429 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8434 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
8436 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8438 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8449 /* Read in the version information. */
8452 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
8454 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8455 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8457 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8459 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8460 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8461 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8463 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8465 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8467 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8468 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8470 error_return_bad_verref
:
8472 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8473 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8474 error_return_verref
:
8475 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8476 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8480 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8481 if (filesize
> 0 && filesize
< hdr
->sh_size
)
8483 /* PR 24708: Avoid attempts to allocate a ridiculous amount
8485 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8487 /* xgettext:c-format */
8488 (_("error: %pB version reference section is too large (%#" PRIx64
" bytes)"),
8489 abfd
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
8490 goto error_return_verref
;
8492 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8493 if (contents
== NULL
)
8494 goto error_return_verref
;
8496 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8497 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8498 goto error_return_verref
;
8500 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
8501 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
8503 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8504 goto error_return_verref
;
8506 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8507 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8508 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8509 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8510 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8511 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8513 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8514 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8517 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8519 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8521 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8522 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8524 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8525 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8527 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8528 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8531 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8532 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8533 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
8534 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8535 goto error_return_verref
;
8538 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8539 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8540 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8542 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8543 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8544 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8545 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8547 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8549 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8550 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8551 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8552 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8553 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8555 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8556 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8558 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8559 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8561 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8564 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8565 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8567 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8568 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8569 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8571 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8572 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8575 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8576 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8578 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8579 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8581 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8582 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8583 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8585 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8586 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8588 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8594 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8596 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8597 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8598 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8599 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8600 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8602 unsigned int maxidx
;
8603 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8605 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8607 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8609 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8611 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8612 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8613 error_return_verdef
:
8614 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8615 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8619 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
8620 if (contents
== NULL
)
8621 goto error_return_verdef
;
8622 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8623 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
8624 goto error_return_verdef
;
8626 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8627 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8628 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8629 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8630 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8631 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8633 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8634 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8636 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8638 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8640 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8642 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8643 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8644 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8645 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8647 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8650 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8651 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8652 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8654 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8655 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8658 if (default_imported_symver
)
8660 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8666 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8667 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8668 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8669 goto error_return_verdef
;
8671 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8673 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8674 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8675 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8677 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8678 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8681 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8683 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8684 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8686 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8687 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8689 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8691 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8692 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8695 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8696 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8697 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
8698 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8699 goto error_return_verdef
;
8703 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8704 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8706 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8707 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8708 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8709 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8711 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8713 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8714 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8715 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8716 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8717 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8719 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8720 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8722 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8725 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8726 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8728 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8729 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8730 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8732 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8733 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8736 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8737 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8738 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8740 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8741 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8743 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8744 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8746 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8747 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
8753 else if (default_imported_symver
)
8760 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
8761 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
8762 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8765 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
8768 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8769 if (default_imported_symver
)
8771 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8772 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8774 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
8776 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
8777 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
8778 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
8779 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
8781 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8783 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
8784 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
8785 goto error_return_verdef
;
8786 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8787 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8788 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
8789 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8790 goto error_return_verdef
;
8792 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8793 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
8799 if (contents
!= NULL
)
8805 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
8807 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
8809 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
8812 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
8813 return &newsym
->symbol
;
8817 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8821 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
8824 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8825 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8829 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8832 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8833 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
8836 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8837 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8838 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
8841 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8842 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8843 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8844 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8845 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8846 we treat such symbols as local. */
8847 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
8850 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8851 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8852 These labels have the form:
8854 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8856 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8858 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8859 so we only need to match the rest. */
8860 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
8862 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
8866 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
8868 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
8870 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
8871 /* A fake symbol. */
8874 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8875 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8876 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8877 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8878 other than some kind of local ? */
8895 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8896 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8903 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
8904 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
8905 unsigned long machine
)
8907 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8908 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8909 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
8910 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
8911 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
8914 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
8917 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8918 for error reporting. */
8921 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
8925 const char **filename_ptr
,
8926 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8927 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
8928 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
8932 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
8933 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8934 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
8935 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8936 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
8937 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8938 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
8941 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
8942 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8943 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
8948 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8949 &found
, filename_ptr
,
8950 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8951 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
8953 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
8956 if (symbols
== NULL
)
8959 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
8960 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
8967 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8970 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
8971 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8973 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
8974 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
8975 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
8976 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8979 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8980 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8981 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8982 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8983 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8986 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
8987 const char **filename_ptr
,
8988 const char **functionname_ptr
,
8989 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
8992 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
8993 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
8994 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
8999 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9001 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9002 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9004 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9006 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9008 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9010 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9013 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9014 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9017 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9020 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9028 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9030 const void *location
,
9032 bfd_size_type count
)
9034 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9037 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9038 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9044 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9045 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9047 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
9048 unsigned char *contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9049 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
9050 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0
9051 || contents
== NULL
)
9053 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9056 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9057 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9058 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9065 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9066 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9067 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9073 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9076 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9078 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9080 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9082 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9083 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9085 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9086 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9088 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9090 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9093 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9096 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9099 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9102 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9105 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9108 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9114 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9116 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9118 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9119 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9121 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9126 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9132 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9135 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9138 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9141 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9144 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9150 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9154 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9162 /* xgettext:c-format */
9163 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9164 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9165 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9170 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9172 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9173 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
9175 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9176 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9177 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9180 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9183 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9184 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9185 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9188 bfd_reloc_status_type
9189 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9190 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9191 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9192 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9193 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9195 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9198 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9199 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9200 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9201 out details about the corefile. */
9203 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9204 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9205 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9206 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9209 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9210 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9213 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9217 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9219 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9224 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9225 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9226 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9230 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9234 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9237 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9241 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9242 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9243 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9247 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9248 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9249 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9250 such a section already exists.
9251 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9252 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9253 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9255 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9261 char *threaded_name
;
9265 /* Build the section name. */
9267 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9268 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9269 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9270 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9272 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9274 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9279 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9280 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9282 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9286 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9289 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9295 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9296 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9297 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9302 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9304 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9308 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9311 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9316 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9320 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9321 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9322 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9324 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9325 has already been set by another thread. */
9326 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9327 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9328 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9329 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9331 /* pr_who exists on:
9334 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9337 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9338 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9340 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9343 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9344 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9346 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9347 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9349 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9350 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9351 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9353 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9354 has already been set by another thread. */
9355 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9356 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9357 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9358 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9360 /* pr_who exists on:
9363 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9366 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9367 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9369 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9372 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9375 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9376 note size (ie. data object type). */
9380 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9381 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9382 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9384 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9386 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9388 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9390 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9392 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9393 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9396 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9397 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9398 data structure apart. */
9401 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9403 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9406 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9407 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9411 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9413 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9416 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9417 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9418 contents literally. */
9421 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9423 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9427 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9429 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9433 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9435 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9439 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9441 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9445 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9447 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9451 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9453 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9457 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9459 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9463 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9465 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9469 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9471 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9475 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9477 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9481 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9483 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9487 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9489 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9493 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9495 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9499 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9501 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9505 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9507 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9511 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9513 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9517 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9519 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9523 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9525 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9529 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9531 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9535 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9537 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9541 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9543 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9547 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9549 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9553 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9555 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9559 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9561 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9565 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9567 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9571 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9573 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9577 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9579 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9583 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9585 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9589 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9591 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9595 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9597 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9601 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9603 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9607 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9609 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9613 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9615 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9619 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9621 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9625 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9627 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9630 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9631 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9632 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9633 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9637 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9638 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9639 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9640 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9644 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9645 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9646 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9649 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9652 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9660 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
9664 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
9670 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9672 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9674 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
9676 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
9678 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9680 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9681 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9683 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9684 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9685 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9687 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9688 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9689 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9691 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9692 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
9694 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9695 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
9697 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
9699 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9700 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
9702 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
9703 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
9704 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
9706 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
9707 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
9708 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
9714 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9715 note size (ie. data object type). */
9719 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9720 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9721 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9724 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
9725 int n
= strlen (command
);
9727 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
9728 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
9733 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9735 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9737 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9739 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
9740 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9741 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
9747 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9749 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9751 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9752 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
9754 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9757 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
9759 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
9762 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9763 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9764 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9768 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9770 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9772 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9774 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9780 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
9781 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9782 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
9787 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9789 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
9790 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9792 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9793 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
9795 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9797 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9798 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9799 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9802 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9804 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9808 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9809 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9810 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9811 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
9814 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9815 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
9816 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9819 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9821 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9824 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9826 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9827 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9828 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9831 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9833 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9837 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9838 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9839 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
9840 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
9843 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9844 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
9845 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
9848 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9850 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
9852 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9855 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9862 int is_active_thread
;
9865 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
9868 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
9871 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
9875 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9876 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9877 /* process_info.pid */
9878 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9879 /* process_info.signal */
9880 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
9883 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9884 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9885 /* thread_info.tid */
9886 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
9888 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9889 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9893 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9895 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9899 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9901 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9902 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
9903 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9905 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9906 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
9908 if (is_active_thread
)
9909 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
9913 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9914 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9915 /* module_info.base_address */
9916 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
9917 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
9919 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9920 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9924 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
9926 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9931 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9932 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9933 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9944 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9946 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9954 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
9955 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
9957 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9958 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
9963 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9965 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9968 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9970 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
9973 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9974 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9976 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
9977 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
9979 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
9980 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9981 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9982 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
9986 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9987 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9988 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9989 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
9994 if (note
->namesz
== 6
9995 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
9996 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10001 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10002 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10003 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10008 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10009 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10010 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10015 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10016 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10017 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10022 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10023 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10024 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10029 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10030 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10031 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10036 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10037 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10038 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10042 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10043 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10044 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10045 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10049 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10050 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10051 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10052 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10056 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10057 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10058 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10059 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10063 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10064 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10065 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10066 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10070 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10071 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10072 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10073 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10077 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10078 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10079 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10080 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10084 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10085 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10086 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10087 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10091 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10092 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10093 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10094 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10098 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10099 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10100 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10101 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10105 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10106 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10107 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10108 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10112 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10113 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10114 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10115 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10119 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10120 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10121 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10122 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10127 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10128 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10129 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10133 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10134 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10135 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10136 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10140 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10141 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10142 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10143 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10147 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10148 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10149 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10150 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10155 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10156 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10157 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10161 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10162 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10163 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10164 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10168 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10169 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10170 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10171 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10175 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10176 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10177 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10178 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10182 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10183 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10184 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10185 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10190 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10191 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10192 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10197 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10198 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10199 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10203 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10204 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10205 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10206 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10210 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10211 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10212 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10213 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10218 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10219 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10220 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10224 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10225 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10226 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10227 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10233 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10234 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10236 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10237 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10243 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10246 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10250 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10257 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10259 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10261 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10264 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10265 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10268 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10269 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10270 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10276 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10278 switch (note
->type
)
10283 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10284 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10286 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10287 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10292 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10294 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10295 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10296 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10298 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10299 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10300 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10302 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10308 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10310 switch (note
->type
)
10313 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10321 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10325 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10328 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10333 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10341 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10342 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10347 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10348 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10352 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10356 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10357 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10358 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10361 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10362 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10363 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10366 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10369 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10370 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10373 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10374 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10380 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10386 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10387 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10388 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10392 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10396 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10397 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10404 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10407 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10408 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10411 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10412 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10413 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10415 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10420 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10424 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10427 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10428 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10429 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10430 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10433 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10434 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10435 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10438 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10439 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10442 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10443 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10446 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10447 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10448 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10452 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10454 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10456 switch (note
->type
)
10459 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10460 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10462 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10465 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10468 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10470 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10471 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10472 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10476 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10477 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10480 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10481 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10484 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10485 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10488 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10489 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10491 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10492 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10493 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10497 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10498 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10502 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10510 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10514 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10517 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10524 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10526 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10529 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10530 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10531 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10533 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10534 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10535 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10537 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10538 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10539 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10541 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10546 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10550 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10551 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10553 switch (note
->type
)
10555 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
10556 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10557 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10558 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10559 creates a core file. */
10560 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10561 #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
10562 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
10563 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
10564 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10570 /* As of March 2017 there are no other machine-independent notes
10571 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10572 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10575 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
10579 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
10581 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10582 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10584 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
10585 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
10586 switch (note
->type
)
10588 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
10589 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10591 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
10592 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10598 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
10599 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
10600 structure which lacks GBR. */
10603 switch (note
->type
)
10605 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10606 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10608 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
10609 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10615 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10616 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10619 switch (note
->type
)
10621 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
10622 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10624 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
10625 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10635 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10637 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
10640 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10642 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10644 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10645 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10646 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
10648 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10649 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10650 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
10656 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10658 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
10659 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
10661 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
10662 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
10664 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
10665 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
10667 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
10668 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
10670 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
10671 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10673 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
10675 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
10680 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10681 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10682 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
10691 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
10693 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
10700 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
10703 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10704 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
10706 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10707 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
10709 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10710 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
10712 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10713 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
10715 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
10716 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10719 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10720 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10721 thread just in case. */
10722 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
10723 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
10725 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10726 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
10728 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10731 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10733 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10737 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10738 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10739 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10741 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
10745 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
10746 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
10754 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10755 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
10757 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
10760 strcpy (name
, buf
);
10762 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10766 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10767 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10768 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10770 /* This is the current thread. */
10771 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
10772 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
10777 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10778 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10779 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10780 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10783 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10785 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10786 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10788 static long tid
= 1;
10790 switch (note
->type
)
10792 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
10793 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
10794 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
10795 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
10796 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
10797 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
10798 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
10799 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
10806 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10812 /* Use note name as section name. */
10813 len
= note
->namesz
;
10814 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10817 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
10818 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
10820 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10824 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10825 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10826 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
10831 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10834 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10838 size of data for note
10840 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10841 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10842 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10843 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10846 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10849 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
10857 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
10864 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
10866 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
10868 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
10871 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
10872 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
10873 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
10874 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
10875 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
10876 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
10880 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
10888 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
10898 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
10899 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
10900 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
10901 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
10902 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
10903 be NULL terminated.
10904 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
10905 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
10906 the finer control available with later versions.
10907 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
10908 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
10909 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
10910 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
10911 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
10912 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
10913 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
10916 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
10920 const char *psargs
)
10922 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10924 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
10927 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10928 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
10933 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10934 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10935 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
10937 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10939 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10942 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10945 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10946 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10947 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10948 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10949 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10954 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10956 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
10959 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
10962 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
10963 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
10964 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
10965 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
10966 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
10968 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10973 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
10974 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
10978 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10979 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
10980 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
10982 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
10984 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
10986 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10987 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10988 &data
, sizeof (data
));
10992 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
10994 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
10995 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
10996 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11001 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11002 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11003 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11005 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11007 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11009 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11010 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11011 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11015 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11017 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11018 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11019 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11024 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11031 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11033 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11036 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11038 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11043 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11044 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11045 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11047 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11049 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11050 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11051 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11052 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11053 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11054 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11061 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11062 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11063 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11064 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11065 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11066 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11068 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11074 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11076 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11083 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11084 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11086 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11087 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11088 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11089 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11090 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11091 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11092 #if !defined(gregs)
11093 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11094 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11096 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11097 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11100 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11101 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11103 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11105 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11107 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11111 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11112 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11114 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11115 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11116 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11118 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11122 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11123 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11124 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11125 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11133 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11134 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11135 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11136 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11140 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11143 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11146 const void *fpregs
,
11149 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11150 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11151 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11155 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11158 const void *xfpregs
,
11161 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11162 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11163 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11167 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11168 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11171 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11172 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11174 note_name
= "LINUX";
11175 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11176 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11180 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11183 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11186 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11187 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11188 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11192 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11195 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11198 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11199 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11200 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11204 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11207 const void *ppc_tar
,
11210 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11211 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11212 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11216 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11219 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11222 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11223 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11224 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11228 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11231 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11234 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11235 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11236 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11240 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11243 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11246 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11247 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11248 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11252 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11255 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11258 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11259 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11260 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11264 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11267 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11270 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11271 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11272 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11276 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11279 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11282 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11283 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11284 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11288 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11291 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11294 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11295 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11296 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11300 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11303 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11306 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11307 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11308 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11312 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11315 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11318 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11319 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11320 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11324 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11327 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11330 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11331 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11332 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11336 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11339 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11342 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11343 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11344 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11348 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11351 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11354 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11355 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11356 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11360 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
11363 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
11366 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11367 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11368 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
11369 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
11373 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
11376 const void *s390_timer
,
11379 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11380 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11381 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
11385 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
11388 const void *s390_todcmp
,
11391 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11392 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11393 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
11397 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11400 const void *s390_todpreg
,
11403 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11404 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11405 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
11409 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
11412 const void *s390_ctrs
,
11415 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11416 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11417 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
11421 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
11424 const void *s390_prefix
,
11427 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11428 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11429 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
11433 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11436 const void *s390_last_break
,
11439 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11440 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11441 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
11442 s390_last_break
, size
);
11446 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
11449 const void *s390_system_call
,
11452 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11453 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11454 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
11455 s390_system_call
, size
);
11459 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
11462 const void *s390_tdb
,
11465 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11466 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11467 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
11471 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
11474 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
11477 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11478 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11479 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
11483 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
11486 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
11489 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11490 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11491 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
11492 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
11496 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
11499 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
11502 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11503 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11504 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
11509 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
11512 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
11515 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11516 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11517 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
11522 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
11525 const void *arm_vfp
,
11528 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11529 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11530 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
11534 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
11537 const void *aarch_tls
,
11540 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11541 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11542 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
11546 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
11549 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
11552 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11553 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11554 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
11558 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
11561 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
11564 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11565 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11566 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
11570 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
11573 const void *aarch_sve
,
11576 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11577 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11578 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
11582 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
11585 const void *aarch_pauth
,
11588 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11589 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11590 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
11594 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11597 const char *section
,
11601 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
11602 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11603 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11604 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11605 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11606 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11607 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11608 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11609 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11610 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11611 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
11612 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11613 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
11614 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11615 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
11616 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11617 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
11618 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11619 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
11620 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11621 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
11622 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11623 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
11624 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11625 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
11626 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11627 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
11628 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11629 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
11630 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11631 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
11632 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11633 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
11634 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11635 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
11636 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11637 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11638 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11639 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11640 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11641 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11642 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11643 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11644 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11645 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11646 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11647 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11648 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11649 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11650 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11651 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11652 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11653 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11654 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11655 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11656 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11657 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11658 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11659 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11660 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11661 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11662 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11663 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11664 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11665 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11666 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11667 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11668 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11669 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11670 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11671 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
11672 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11673 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
11674 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
11679 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
11684 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11685 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11686 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11687 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11690 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
11694 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
11696 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
11697 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
11699 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
11702 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
11704 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
11705 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
11706 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
11709 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
11710 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
11711 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
11713 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
11714 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
11717 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
11724 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11727 const char * string
;
11729 bfd_boolean (* func
)(bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
11733 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
11734 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
11735 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
11736 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
11737 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
11738 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
)
11740 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11743 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
11745 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
11746 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
11747 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
11749 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
11758 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
11760 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
11763 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
11764 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
11766 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
11772 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
11779 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
11784 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
11787 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
11790 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
+ 1);
11794 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11795 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
11798 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
11799 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
11809 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
11811 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
11812 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
11813 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11816 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
11818 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11820 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11824 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
11827 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
11828 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
11829 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
11830 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
11832 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
11833 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11836 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
11840 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11842 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11846 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
11847 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
11848 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
11849 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
11854 enum elf_reloc_type_class
11855 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11856 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11857 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11859 return reloc_class_normal
;
11862 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11863 relocation against a local symbol. */
11866 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11867 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11869 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
11871 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11872 bfd_vma relocation
;
11874 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
11875 + sec
->output_offset
11877 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11878 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
11879 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11882 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11883 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11884 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
11887 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
11888 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
11889 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
11890 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
11891 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
11892 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
11893 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
11896 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
11897 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
11903 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
11904 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
11908 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
11910 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
11911 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
11913 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
11914 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11915 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
11918 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
11919 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
11920 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
11921 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
11925 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
11926 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11930 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
11932 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11933 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
11935 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11936 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
11939 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
11941 /* Reverse the offset. */
11942 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11943 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
11945 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
11946 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
11947 offset
= (sec
->size
- address_size
) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
) - offset
;
11953 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
11954 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
11955 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
11956 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
11957 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
11958 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
11960 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
11961 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
11962 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
11963 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
11964 the remote memory. */
11967 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
11970 bfd_size_type size
,
11971 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
11972 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
11974 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
11975 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
11979 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
11980 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11981 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11986 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11989 const char *relplt_name
;
11990 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
11994 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12000 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12003 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12006 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12009 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12010 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12011 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12012 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12013 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12016 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12017 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12018 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12021 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12025 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12026 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
12029 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12030 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12031 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12032 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12034 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12035 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12038 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12040 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12045 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12049 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12050 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12052 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12057 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12058 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12061 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12062 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12063 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12064 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12065 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12066 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12068 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12071 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12072 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12074 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12078 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12079 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12080 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12081 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12084 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12087 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12088 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12095 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12096 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12097 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12098 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12099 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12100 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12101 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12102 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12105 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12106 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12111 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12112 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12114 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12116 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12118 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12119 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12121 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
12122 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
12123 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12124 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
12125 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
)
12126 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12130 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12131 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12132 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12135 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12137 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12138 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12141 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12142 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12143 otherwise return zero. */
12146 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12149 bfd_size_type size
;
12151 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12152 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12153 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12156 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12158 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
12159 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;